*** empty log message ***
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
99@node Requirements
100
101@chapter Requirements
56caf160 102@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
103
104Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
105requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
106of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
107that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 108
56caf160
EZ
109First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
110front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
111shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 112
56caf160
EZ
113@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
114available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
115programmer.
c906108c 116
56caf160
EZ
117@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
118the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
119going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
120to debugger commands.
c906108c 121
56caf160
EZ
122@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
123While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 124picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
125programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
126mollify the debugger.
c906108c 127
56caf160
EZ
128@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
129Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
130heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 131
56caf160
EZ
132@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
133available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
134supports.
c906108c
SS
135
136
137@node Overall Structure
138
139@chapter Overall Structure
140
56caf160
EZ
141@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
142symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
143@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 144
2e685b93 145The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
146supporting code.
147
148The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
149interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
150parsing, type and value printing.
151
152The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
153physical target manipulation.
154
155The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
156number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
157elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
158supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
159this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
160should fit together.
161
162@section The Symbol Side
163
56caf160
EZ
164The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
165you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
166For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
167many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
168
169@section The Target Side
170
56caf160
EZ
171The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
172Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
173of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
174available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
175
176Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
177display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 178such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
179relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
180way.
181
182@section Configurations
183
56caf160
EZ
184@cindex host
185@cindex target
25822942 186@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
187@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
188executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
189third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
190
191Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
192Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
193float format.
194
195Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
196dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
197breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
198to call a function.
199
200Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
201is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
202host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
203process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
204registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
205in the native-dependent files.
206
207Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
208are really part of the target environment, but which require
209@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
210file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
211
25822942 212When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
213have to include all three kinds of information.
214
215
216@node Algorithms
217
218@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 219@cindex algorithms
c906108c 220
56caf160
EZ
221@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
222often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
223cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
224algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
225they use.
c906108c
SS
226
227@section Frames
228
56caf160
EZ
229@cindex frame
230@cindex call stack frame
231A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
232and called functions.
c906108c 233
410dd08e
JB
234@cindex frame, unwind
235@value{GDBN}'s current frame model is the result of an incremental
236cleanup of working code, not a fresh design, so it's a little weird.
237
238The natural model would have a frame object, with methods that read
239and write that frame's registers. Reading or writing the youngest
240frame's registers would simply read or write the processor's current
241registers, since the youngest frame is running directly on the
242processor. Older frames might have some registers saved on the stack
243by younger frames, so accessing the older frames' registers would do a
244mix of memory accesses and register accesses, as appropriate.
245
246@findex frame_register_unwind
247Instead, @value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
248``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is, to access
249the registers of frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), you actually
250apply @code{frame_register_unwind} to frame #0 (the youngest frame).
251But then the obvious question is: how do you access the registers of
252the youngest frame itself? How do you ``unwind'' them when they're
253not wound up?
254
255@cindex sentinel frame
256@findex get_frame_type
257@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
258To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
259``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
260the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
261is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) ==
262SENTINEL_FRAME}.
263
56caf160
EZ
264@findex create_new_frame
265@vindex FRAME_FP
c906108c 266@code{FRAME_FP} in the machine description has no meaning to the
56caf160
EZ
267machine-independent part of @value{GDBN}, except that it is used when
268setting up a new frame from scratch, as follows:
c906108c 269
474c8240 270@smallexample
0ba6dca9 271create_new_frame (read_register (DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM), read_pc ()));
474c8240 272@end smallexample
c906108c 273
56caf160 274@cindex frame pointer register
0ba6dca9
AC
275Other than that, all the meaning imparted to @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}
276is imparted by the machine-dependent code. So,
277@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} can have any value that is convenient for
278the code that creates new frames. (@code{create_new_frame} calls
279@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} if it is defined; that is where
280you should use the @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} value, if your frames are
281nonstandard.)
c906108c 282
56caf160 283@cindex frame chain
618ce49f
AC
284Given a @value{GDBN} frame, define @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN} to
285determine the address of the calling function's frame. This will be
286used to create a new @value{GDBN} frame struct, and then
e9582e71 287@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} and
a5afb99f 288@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC} will be called for the new frame.
c906108c
SS
289
290@section Breakpoint Handling
291
56caf160 292@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
293In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
294where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
295that location.
296
297There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
298breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
299
56caf160
EZ
300@cindex hardware breakpoints
301@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
302Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
303features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
304register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 305(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 306ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
307exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
308
309Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
310include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
311processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
312address.
313
314A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
315breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
316software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
317breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 318@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 319for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
320
321Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 322limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 323start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 324notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
325whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
326breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
327an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
328
329@cindex software breakpoints
330Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
331The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
332instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
333that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
334@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
335user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
336instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
337
338Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 339must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 340can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 341although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
342
343Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
344instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
345target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
346breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
347larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
348targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
349instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
350set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
351although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
352instruction.
353
56caf160 354@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
355The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
356@code{BREAKPOINT}.
357
358Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
359much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
360
361@section Single Stepping
362
363@section Signal Handling
364
365@section Thread Handling
366
367@section Inferior Function Calls
368
369@section Longjmp Support
370
56caf160 371@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 372@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
373@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
374stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
375which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
376command.
c906108c 377
56caf160 378@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
379To make this work, you need to define a macro called
380@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
381structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
382is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 383@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
384@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
385
9742079a
EZ
386@section Watchpoints
387@cindex watchpoints
388
389Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
390breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
391instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
392your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
393hunt down and kill such bugs.
394
395@cindex hardware watchpoints
396@cindex software watchpoints
397Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
398known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
399hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
400software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
401will use software watchpoints are:
402
403@itemize @bullet
404@item
405The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
406watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
407to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
408more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
409watchpoints.
410
411@item
412The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
413registers (as opposed to memory).
414
415@item
416Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
417this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
418resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
419breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
420breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
421
422@item
423No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
424implementation.
425@end itemize
426
427Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
428single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
429watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
430section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
431
b6b8ece6
EZ
432When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
433possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
434For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
435watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
436whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
437watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
438returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
439description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
440primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
441watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
442that address.
443
9742079a
EZ
444@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
445watchpoints:
446
447@table @code
448@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
449@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
450If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
451
452@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
453@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
454Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
455possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
456of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
457not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
458number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
459is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
460are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
461the same time).
462
463@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
464@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
465Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
466whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
467
468@findex TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
469@item TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{size})
470Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
471whose size is @var{size}. @value{GDBN} only uses this macro as a
472fall-back, in case @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is not
473defined.
474
b6b8ece6 475@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
476@findex target_insert_watchpoint
477@findex target_remove_watchpoint
478@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
479@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
480Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
481@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
482possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
483defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
484
474c8240 485@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
486 enum target_hw_bp_type
487 @{
488 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
489 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
490 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
491 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
492 @};
474c8240 493@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
494
495@noindent
496These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
497
498@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
499@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
500@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
501@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
502@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
503Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address @var{addr}.
504Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. @var{shadow} is the
505real contents of the byte where the breakpoint has been inserted; it
506is generally not valid when hardware breakpoints are used, but since
507no other code touches these values, the implementations of the above
508two macros can use them for their internal purposes.
509
510@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
511@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
512If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
513associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
514@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
515this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
516data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
517support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
518primitives.
9742079a 519
9742079a
EZ
520@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
521@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
522If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
523watchpoint to step over it.
524
525@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
526@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
527If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
528watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
529
530@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
531@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
532If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
533inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
534
535@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
536@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
537If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
538watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
539
540@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
541@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
542Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
543the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
544Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
545the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
546type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
547target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
548the @var{wait_status} argument.
549
550@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
551@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
552determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
553it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
554@end table
555
556@subsection x86 Watchpoints
557@cindex x86 debug registers
558@cindex watchpoints, on x86
559
560The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
561registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
562generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
563support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
564subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
565
566To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
567following:
568
569@itemize @bullet
570@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
571@item
572Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
573target-dependent headers.
574
575@item
576Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
577defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
578
579@item
580Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
581@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
582@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
583
584@item
585Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
586below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
587which does the real work.
588@end itemize
589
590The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
591debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
592real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
593provide:
594
595@table @code
596@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
597@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
598Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
599
600@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
601@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
602Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
603
604@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
605@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
606Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
607number @var{idx}.
608
609@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
610@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
611Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
612used immediately after it is returned by
613@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
614register values.
615@end table
616
617For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
618that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
619to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
620allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
621expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
622wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
623maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
624anything to use this feature.
625
626The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
627bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
628be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
629region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
630@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
631bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
632a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
633region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
634
635The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
636@value{GDBN}'s application code:
637
638@table @code
639@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
640@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
641The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
642this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
643watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
644less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
645processors.
646
647@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
648@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
649The target function
650@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
651This
9742079a
EZ
652function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
653Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
654macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
655set in DR6.
656
ac77d04f
JJ
657@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
658@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
659The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
660is set to call this function. The
661argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
662function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
663Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
664macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
665returned.
666
9742079a
EZ
667@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
668@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
669@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
670@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
671Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
672@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
673are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
674looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
675region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
676reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
677register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
678the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
679value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
680register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
681and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
682inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
683@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
684required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
685each debug register.
686
687@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
688in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
689length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
690values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
691@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
692watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
693decrements the reference count, and only calls
694@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
695the count goes to zero.
696
697@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
698@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
699@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}
700@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
701These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
702macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
703@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
704These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
705@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
706the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
707hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
708register.
709
710@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
711@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
712This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
713hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 714@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
715address whose watchpoint triggered.
716
717@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
718@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
719This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
720bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
721the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
722@end table
723
724@noindent
725@strong{Notes:}
726@enumerate 1
727@item
728x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
729However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
730@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
731watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
732on x86.
733
734@item
735x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
736only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
737there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
738whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
739current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
740always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
741watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
742unavailable in many platforms.
743@end enumerate
744
5c95884b
MS
745@section Checkpoints
746@cindex checkpoints
747@cindex restart
748In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
749the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
750
751Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
752whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
753state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
754registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
755of open files and devices.
756
757There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
758in gdb, eg. as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
759method implemented on the target side.
760
761A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
762state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
763not typically include information about external entities such as
764open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
765
766A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
767as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
768is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
769be used on other systems.
770
771Some targets, eg.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
772method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
773advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
774details of how it is done.
775
776
bcd7e15f
JB
777@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
778@cindex observer pattern interface
779@cindex notifications about changes in internals
780
781In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
782some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
783modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
784hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
785versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
786@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
787a strong limitation.
788
789A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
790Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
791a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
792previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
793easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
794interface when adding new notifications.
795
796See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
797currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
798implementation is also briefly discussed.
799
c906108c
SS
800@node User Interface
801
802@chapter User Interface
803
25822942 804@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
805is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
806
807@section Command Interpreter
808
56caf160 809@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 810@cindex CLI
25822942 811The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
812allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
813has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
814a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
815
56caf160
EZ
816For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
817@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
818to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
819
56caf160
EZ
820@findex add_cmd
821@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
822To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
823the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 824place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 825the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 826
40dd2248
TT
827@findex add_setshow_cmd
828@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
829To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
830@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
831a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
832further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
833the new command structures for manipulation.
834
56caf160
EZ
835@cindex deprecating commands
836@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
837Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
838deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
839aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
840@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
841return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
842command immediately after it is created.
843
c72e7388 844The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60
FN
845replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
846@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the
847entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 848
0ee54786
EZ
849@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
850@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
851@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
852
853@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
854The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
855@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
856interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
857from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
858every UI, to produce output.
859
860@subsection Overview and Terminology
861
862In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
863of output, and can even generate an input request.
864
865Output can be generated for the following purposes:
866
867@itemize @bullet
868@item
869to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
870
871@item
872to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
873operation;
874
875@item
876to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
877progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
878
879@item
880to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
881
882@item
883to show @emph{debug data};
884
885@item
886to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
887@end itemize
888
889@noindent
890This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
891although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
892
893Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
894involves one or more of the following:
895
896@itemize @bullet
897@item
898output of the actual data
899
900@item
901formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
902easily readable by humans
903
904@item
905machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
906parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
907
908@item
c72e7388
AC
909annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
910parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
911@end itemize
912
913The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
914Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
915of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
916deprecated.
917
c72e7388
AC
918Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
919a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
920non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
921header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 922
c72e7388
AC
923@table @code
924@item <table> @expansion{}
925@code{<header> <body>}
926@item <header> @expansion{}
927@code{@{ <column> @}}
928@item <column> @expansion{}
929@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
930@item <body> @expansion{}
931@code{@{<row>@}}
932@end table
0ee54786
EZ
933
934
935@subsection General Conventions
936
c72e7388
AC
937Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
938@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
939object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 940
c72e7388
AC
941The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
942to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 943
c72e7388
AC
944The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
945When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
946sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
947format.
948
c72e7388
AC
949When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
950call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
951
952
c72e7388 953@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
954
955@cindex list output functions
956@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
957@cindex tuple output functions
958This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
959tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
960(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 961
c72e7388
AC
962To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
963containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
964fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 965
c72e7388
AC
966Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
967rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
968even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
969
970@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
971Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
972maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
973
974The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
975
474c8240 976@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
977 ui_out_table_begin
978 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 979 @dots{}
0ee54786 980 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 981 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 982 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
983 @dots{}
984 ui_out_tuple_end
985 @dots{}
0ee54786 986 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 987@end smallexample
0ee54786 988
c72e7388 989Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
990functions:
991
c72e7388
AC
992@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
993The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
994of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
995function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
996the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
997@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
998pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
999@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1000was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1001
1002The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1003the end of the table's output.
1004@end deftypefun
1005
c72e7388
AC
1006@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1007@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1008table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1009column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1010@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1011
1012The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1013value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1014@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1015center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1016specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1017column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1018call.
0ee54786
EZ
1019@end deftypefun
1020
1021@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1022This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1023@end deftypefun
1024
1025@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1026This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1027after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1028functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1029
1030There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1031call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1032will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1033@end deftypefun
1034
c72e7388 1035The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1036call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1037@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1038@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1039calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1040
c72e7388
AC
1041@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1042This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1043to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1044implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1045after the call.
1046@end deftypefun
1047
1048@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1049This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1050one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1051@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1052be signaled.
1053@end deftypefun
1054
1055@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1056This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1057(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1058and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1059cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1060@smallexample
1061struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1062ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1063old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1064 uiout);
1065@end smallexample
1066@end deftypefun
1067
1068@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1069This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1070an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1071implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1072after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1073@end deftypefun
1074
1075@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1076This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1077one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1078@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1079be signaled.
1080@end deftypefun
1081
1082@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1083Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1084opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1085that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1086@end deftypefun
1087
1088@subsection Item Output Functions
1089
1090@cindex item output functions
1091@cindex field output functions
1092@cindex data output
1093The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1094items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1095
1096Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1097
1098@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1099This is the most general output function. It produces the
1100representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1101according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1102@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1103supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1104supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1105
1106This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1107use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1108@end deftypefun
1109
c72e7388 1110@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1111This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1112@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1113the name of the field.
1114@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1115
1116@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1117This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1118@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1119@var{fldname} specifies
1120the name of the field.
1121@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1122
c72e7388 1123@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1124This function outputs an address.
1125@end deftypefun
1126
c72e7388 1127@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1128This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1129specification.
1130@end deftypefun
1131
1132Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1133functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1134@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1135the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1136used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1137of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1138@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1139you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1140@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1141@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1142and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1143constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1144you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1145@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1146
1147@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1148This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1149same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1150passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1151@code{ui_stream} object.
1152@end deftypefun
1153
1154@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1155This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1156@var{streambuf}.
1157@end deftypefun
1158
c72e7388 1159@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1160This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1161@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1162@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1163@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1164the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1165@end deftypefun
1166
1167@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1168out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1169@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1170cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1171skeleton code to do that:
1172
1173@smallexample
1174 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1175 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1176 ...
1177 do_cleanups (old);
1178@end smallexample
1179
1180If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1181of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1182
1183@smallexample
1184 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1185 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1186@end smallexample
1187
1188Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1189@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1190same buffer twice.
1191
1192@subsection Utility Output Functions
1193
c72e7388 1194@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1195This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1196an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1197@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1198@end deftypefun
1199
c72e7388 1200@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1201This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1202easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1203this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1204from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1205
1206Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1207the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1208to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1209string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1210output short messages.
1211@end deftypefun
1212
1213@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1214This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1215text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1216list.
1217@end deftypefun
1218
c72e7388 1219@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1220This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1221verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1222current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1223verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1224setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1225as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1226argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1227@end deftypefun
1228
1229@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1230This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1231of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1232output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1233be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1234accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1235explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1236@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1237@end deftypefun
1238
1239@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1240This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1241the UI buffers output.
1242@end deftypefun
1243
1244
1245@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1246
1247@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1248@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1249This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1250functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1251@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1252@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1253
1254This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1255produce a table.
1256
1257The original code was:
1258
474c8240 1259@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1260 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1261 @{
1262 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1263
1264 annotate_field (0);
1265 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1266 annotate_field (1);
1267 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1268 annotate_field (2);
1269 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1270 annotate_field (3);
1271 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1272 if (addressprint)
1273 @{
1274 annotate_field (4);
1275 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1276 @}
1277 annotate_field (5);
1278 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1279
1280 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1281 @}
474c8240 1282@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1283
1284Here's the new version:
1285
474c8240 1286@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1287 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1288
1289 if (addressprint)
1290 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1291 else
1292 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1293
1294 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1295 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1296 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1297 annotate_field (0);
1298 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1299 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1300 annotate_field (1);
1301 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1302 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1303 annotate_field (2);
1304 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1306 annotate_field (3);
1307 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1308 if (addressprint)
1309 @{
1310 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1311 annotate_field (4);
1312 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1313 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1314 else
c72e7388
AC
1315 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1316 @}
1317 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1318 annotate_field (5);
1319 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1320 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1321 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1322 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1323@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1324
1325This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1326to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1327in the above example. The original code was:
1328
474c8240 1329@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1330 annotate_record ();
1331 annotate_field (0);
1332 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1333 annotate_field (1);
1334 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1335 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1336 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1337 (int)b->type);
1338 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1339 annotate_field (2);
1340 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1341 annotate_field (3);
1342 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1343 @dots{}
474c8240 1344@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1345
1346This is the new version:
1347
474c8240 1348@smallexample
0ee54786 1349 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1350 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1351 annotate_field (0);
1352 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1353 annotate_field (1);
1354 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1355 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1356 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1357 (int) b->type);
1358 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1359 annotate_field (2);
1360 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1361 annotate_field (3);
1362 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1363 @dots{}
474c8240 1364@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1365
1366This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1367produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1368functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1369automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1370
474c8240 1371@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1372 annotate_field (5);
1373 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1374@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1375
1376The new version is:
1377
474c8240 1378@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1379 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1380 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1381 ...
1382 annotate_field (5);
1383 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1384 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1385@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1386
1387This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1388@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1389was:
1390
474c8240 1391@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1392 annotate_field (5);
1393 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1394 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1395 else
1396 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1397@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1398
1399It became:
1400
474c8240 1401@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1402 annotate_field (5);
1403 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1404 @{
1405 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1406 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1407 @}
1408 else
1409 @{
1410 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1411 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1412 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1413 @}
474c8240 1414@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1415
1416The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1417use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1418code was:
1419
474c8240 1420@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1421 annotate_field (5);
1422 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1423 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1424@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1425
1426It became:
1427
474c8240 1428@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1429 annotate_field (5);
1430 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1431 @{
1432 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1433 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1434 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1435 @}
474c8240 1436@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1437
1438Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1439code was:
1440
474c8240 1441@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1442 annotate_field (5);
1443 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1444 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1445@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1446
1447It became:
1448
474c8240 1449@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1450 annotate_field (5);
1451 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1452 @{
1453 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1454 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1455 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1456 @}
474c8240 1457@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1458
1459Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1460
474c8240 1461@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1462 annotate_field (4);
1463 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1464 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1465@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1466
1467It became:
1468
474c8240 1469@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1470 annotate_field (4);
1471 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1472@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1473
1474
c906108c
SS
1475@section Console Printing
1476
1477@section TUI
1478
89437448 1479@node libgdb
c906108c 1480
89437448
AC
1481@chapter libgdb
1482
1483@section libgdb 1.0
1484@cindex @code{libgdb}
1485@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1486to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1487
1488@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1489@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1490@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1491better able to support graphical and other environments.
1492
1493Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1494evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1495
1496@itemize @bullet
1497@item
1498Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1499@item
1500Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1501@item
1502Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1503@item
1504Library - @file{gdb.h}
1505@end itemize
1506
1507The model that ties these components together is described below.
1508
1509@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1510
1511A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1512
1513@itemize @bullet
1514@item
1515As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1516@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1517state, etc).
1518@item
1519As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1520obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1521@end itemize
1522
c1468174 1523Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1524the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1525controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1526@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1527before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1528
1529@section CLI support
1530
1531At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1532@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1533their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1534requirements.
1535
1536It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1537(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1538out the theory:
1539
1540@itemize @bullet
1541@item
1542The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1543@item
1544The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1545versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1546@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1547@item
1548The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1549used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1550@end itemize
1551
1552When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1553along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1554the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1555through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1556At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1557virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1558
1559The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1560@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1561client's custom builder).
1562
1563@section @code{libgdb} components
1564
1565@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1566@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1567be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1568observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1569the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1570finished the current command.
1571
1572@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1573@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1574create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1575when doing any queries.
1576
1577@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1578@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1579@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1580loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1581implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1582
1583The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1584@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1585instead of returning.
1586
1587@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1588@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1589the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1590builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1591before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1592
1593@node Symbol Handling
1594
1595@chapter Symbol Handling
1596
25822942 1597Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1598functions, and types.
1599
1600@section Symbol Reading
1601
56caf160
EZ
1602@cindex symbol reading
1603@cindex reading of symbols
1604@cindex symbol files
1605@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1606file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1607debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1608symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1609more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1610reading symbols from shared libraries.
1611
1612@findex find_sym_fns
1613Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1614the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1615of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1616this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1617
1618@findex add_symtab_fns
1619@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1620@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1621Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1622@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1623to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1624name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1625and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1626times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1627prefix.
1628
1629The functions supplied by each module are:
1630
1631@table @code
1632@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1633
56caf160 1634@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1635Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1636symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1637resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1638read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1639might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1640whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1641
1642The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1643@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1644new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1645and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1646information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1647in the @code{private} field.
1648
1649There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1650@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1651
1652@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1653
1654Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1655This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1656state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1657@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1658arguments and no result. It may be called after
1659@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1660may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1661
1662@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1663
1664Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1665symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1666
56caf160 1667@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1668@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1669the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1670address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1671table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1672or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1673@end table
1674
1675In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1676@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1677to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1678from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1679
1680@table @code
1681@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1682
56caf160 1683Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1684the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1685pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1686symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1687@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1688zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1689@end table
1690
1691@section Partial Symbol Tables
1692
56caf160 1693@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1694
1695@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1696@cindex full symbol table
1697@cindex symtabs
1698@item
1699Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1700information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1701
56caf160
EZ
1702@cindex psymtabs
1703@item
1704Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1705information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1706symbol table.
1707
56caf160
EZ
1708@cindex minimal symbol table
1709@cindex minsymtabs
1710@item
1711Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1712gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1713@end itemize
1714
56caf160 1715@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1716This section describes partial symbol tables.
1717
1718A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1719file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1720extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1721need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1722information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1723quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1724pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1725the user.
1726@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1727
1728The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1729visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1730that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1731types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1732
1733The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1734full symbol table would represent.
1735
56caf160
EZ
1736@cindex finding a symbol
1737@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1738The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1739code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1740
1741@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1742@findex find_pc_function
1743@findex find_pc_line
1744@item
c1468174 1745By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
1746function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1747range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1748@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1749@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1750
56caf160
EZ
1751@cindex lookup_symbol
1752@item
1753By its name
c1468174 1754(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
1755function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1756psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1757have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1758case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1759qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1760local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1761does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1762@end itemize
1763
1764The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1765at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1766while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1767psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1768them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1769either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1770name.
1771
56caf160
EZ
1772It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1773been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1774in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1775all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1776ranges.
c906108c 1777
56caf160 1778The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1779thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1780be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1781bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1782and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1783on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1784unless you want to do a lot more work.
1785
1786@section Types
1787
56caf160 1788@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 1789
56caf160 1790@cindex fundamental types
25822942 1791These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
1792types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
1793into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
1794that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
1795knows about.
c906108c 1796
56caf160 1797@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 1798
56caf160
EZ
1799@cindex type codes
1800Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
1801of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
1802@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
1803which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
1804types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
1805other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
1806or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 1807
56caf160 1808@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
1809
1810These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
1811fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
1812use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
1813eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
1814initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
1815@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
1816an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
1817@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
1818only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
1819@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
1820some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
1821
1822@section Object File Formats
56caf160 1823@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
1824
1825@subsection a.out
1826
56caf160
EZ
1827@cindex @code{a.out} format
1828The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
1829consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
1830which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
1831respectively.
c906108c 1832
56caf160 1833The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 1834place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
1835@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
1836format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
1837symbols with distinctive attributes.
1838
56caf160 1839The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
1840
1841@subsection COFF
1842
56caf160 1843@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
1844The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
1845COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
1846number of sections is limited.
1847
1848The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1849was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
1850instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
1851included file.
1852
1853The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
1854
1855@subsection ECOFF
1856
56caf160 1857@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
1858ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
1859workstations.
1860
1861The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
1862
1863@subsection XCOFF
1864
56caf160 1865@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
1866The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
1867The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
1868symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
1869@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
1870information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
1871
1872The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
1873shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
1874refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
1875relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
1876using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
1877been run (or the core file has been read).
1878
1879@subsection PE
1880
56caf160
EZ
1881@cindex PE-COFF format
1882Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
1883executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
1884
25822942 1885While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
1886COFF reader.
1887
1888@subsection ELF
1889
56caf160 1890@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
1891The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
1892to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
1893many of COFF's limitations.
1894
1895The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
1896
1897@subsection SOM
1898
56caf160 1899@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
1900SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
1901SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
1902
1903The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
1904
1905@subsection Other File Formats
1906
56caf160 1907@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 1908Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 1909Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
1910
1911@section Debugging File Formats
1912
1913This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
1914are independent of the object file format.
1915
1916@subsection stabs
1917
56caf160 1918@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
1919@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
1920format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
1921formats, such as COFF and ELF.
1922
1923While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
1924including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
1925the real work.
1926
1927@subsection COFF
1928
56caf160 1929@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1930The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
1931of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
1932
1933@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
1934
56caf160 1935@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1936ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
1937
1938The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
1939
1940@subsection DWARF 1
1941
56caf160 1942@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1943DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
1944used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
1945
c906108c
SS
1946@c GCC_PRODUCER
1947@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
1948@c LCC_PRODUCER
1949@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
1950@c these have reasonable defaults already.
1951
1952The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
1953
1954@subsection DWARF 2
1955
56caf160 1956@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1957DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
1958
1959The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
1960
1961@subsection SOM
1962
56caf160 1963@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
1964Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
1965
25822942 1966@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1967
56caf160
EZ
1968@cindex adding debugging info reader
1969If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
1970there is probably little to be done.
1971
1972If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
1973BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
1974
1975You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 1976debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 1977from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 1978information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
1979internal data structures.
1980
1981For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
1982to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
1983platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
1984will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
1985directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 1986@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 1987
c91d38aa
DJ
1988@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
1989
1990Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
1991its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
1992namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
1993
1994Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
1995released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
1996objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
1997they could be unloaded at different times.
1998
1999User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2000these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2001is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2002the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2003
c906108c
SS
2004
2005@node Language Support
2006
2007@chapter Language Support
2008
56caf160
EZ
2009@cindex language support
2010@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2011although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2012manually.
c906108c 2013
56caf160
EZ
2014@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2015of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2016means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2017identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2018
25822942 2019@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2020
56caf160
EZ
2021@cindex adding source language
2022To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2023following steps:
c906108c
SS
2024
2025@table @emph
2026@item Create the expression parser.
2027
56caf160 2028@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2029This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2030building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2031@file{parse.c}.
2032
56caf160 2033@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2034Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2035parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2036@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2037various parsers from defining the same global names:
2038
474c8240 2039@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2040#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2041#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2042#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2043#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2044#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2045#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2046#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2047#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2048#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2049#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2050#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2051#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2052#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2053#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2054#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2055#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2056@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2057
2058At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2059initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2060@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2061@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2062that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2063and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2064@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2065language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2066for more information.
2067
2068@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2069
56caf160
EZ
2070@cindex expression evaluation routines
2071@findex evaluate_subexp
2072@findex prefixify_subexp
2073@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2074If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2075add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2076code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2077defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2078for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2079@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2080the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2081
2082@item Update some existing code
2083
2084Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2085@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2086
2087Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2088These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2089are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2090statement, an error is reported.
2091
56caf160 2092@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2093Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2094@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2095@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2096string.
2097
56caf160 2098@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2099Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2100language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2101dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2102
56caf160 2103@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2104Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2105code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2106This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2107Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2108file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2109information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2110code.
2111
56caf160
EZ
2112@findex print_subexp
2113@findex op_print_tab
2114Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2115expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2116printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2117
2118@item Add a place of call
2119
56caf160 2120@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2121Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2122@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2123
2124@item Use macros to trim code
2125
56caf160 2126@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2127The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2128languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2129@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2130macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2131leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2132using your language.
2133
25822942 2134Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2135is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2136compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2137
56caf160
EZ
2138See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2139for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2140
2141@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2142
2143Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2144variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2145not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2146distribution!
c906108c
SS
2147@end table
2148
2149
2150@node Host Definition
2151
2152@chapter Host Definition
2153
56caf160 2154With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2155definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2156mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2157
2158@section Adding a New Host
2159
56caf160
EZ
2160@cindex adding a new host
2161@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2162@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2163New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2164@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2165below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2166eventually disappear.
c906108c 2167
c906108c 2168@table @file
c906108c 2169@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2170This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2171(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2172configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2173
2174Host configuration information included a definition of
2175@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2176@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2177@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2178
7fd60527
AC
2179New host only configurations do not need this file.
2180
c906108c 2181@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2182This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2183gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2184handled by Autoconf.
2185
2186New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2187
2188@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2189file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2190@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2191also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2192
c906108c
SS
2193@end table
2194
2195@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2196
56caf160 2197@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2198There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2199various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2200defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2201the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2202@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2203
2204Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2205to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2206Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2207into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2208
2209@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2210@cindex remote debugging support
2211@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2212@item ser-unix.c
2213This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2214included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2215variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2216
2217@item ser-go32.c
2218This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2219using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2220
56caf160 2221@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2222@item ser-tcp.c
2223This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2224@end table
2225
2226@section Host Conditionals
2227
56caf160
EZ
2228When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2229defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2230attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2231the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2232they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2233
56caf160 2234@ftable @code
25822942 2235@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2236The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2237@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2238
cce74817
JM
2239@item NO_STD_REGS
2240This macro is deprecated.
2241
c906108c
SS
2242@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2243If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2244of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2245
2246@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2247Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2248the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2249
2250@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2251@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2252Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2253@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2254@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2255on several different types of systems.
2256
2257@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2258@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2259Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2260line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2261characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2262which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2263mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2264
2265@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2266@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2267The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2268
2269@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2270@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2271The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2272
c906108c
SS
2273@item FOPEN_RB
2274Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2275
c906108c 2276@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2277@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2278In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2279tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2280
c906108c
SS
2281@item HAVE_TERMIO
2282Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2283
c906108c 2284@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2285@itemx INT_MIN
2286@itemx LONG_MAX
2287@itemx UINT_MAX
2288@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2289Values for host-side constants.
2290
2291@item ISATTY
2292Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2293
2294@item LONGEST
2295This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2296it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2297@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2298
2299@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2300@cindex @code{long long} data type
2301Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2302by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2303
2304@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2305Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2306the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2307@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2308
2309@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2310Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2311set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2312
2313@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2314Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2315numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2316set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2317
2318@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2319Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2320float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2321@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2322
2323@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2324Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2325@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2326is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2327
2328@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2329This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2330@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2331which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2332
c906108c
SS
2333@item NORETURN
2334If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2335that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2336indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2337if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2338
2339@item ATTR_NORETURN
2340If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2341@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2342of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2343set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2344defined.
2345
c906108c 2346@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2347@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2348Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2349defined.
2350
2351@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2352This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2353@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2354
c906108c
SS
2355@item USG
2356Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2357This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2358@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2359
2360@item lint
56caf160 2361Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2362
2363@item volatile
2364Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2365@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2366@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2367
2368
2369@node Target Architecture Definition
2370
2371@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2372
56caf160
EZ
2373@cindex target architecture definition
2374@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2375machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2376with them.
c906108c 2377
af6c57ea
AC
2378The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2379@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2380using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2381
70f80edf
JT
2382@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2383@cindex OS ABI variants
2384
2385@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2386ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2387variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2388components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2389
2390A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2391(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2392OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2393to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2394considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2395overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2396architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2397different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2398OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2399examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2400sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2401
2402@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2403A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2404selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2405for each BFD architecture.
2406
2407The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}:
2408
2409@table @code
2410
2411@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2412@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2413The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2414settings for the architecture will be used.
2415
2416@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2417@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2418UNIX System V Release 4
2419
2420@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2421@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
2422GNU using the Hurd kernel
2423
2424@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2425@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2426Sun Solaris
2427
2428@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2429@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2430OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX
2431
2432@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2433@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2434GNU using the Linux kernel
2435
2436@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2437@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2438FreeBSD using the a.out executable format
2439
2440@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2441@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2442FreeBSD using the ELF executable format
2443
2444@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2445@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2446NetBSD using the a.out executable format
2447
2448@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2449@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2450NetBSD using the ELF executable format
2451
2452@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2453@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2454Windows CE
2455
1029b7fa
MK
2456@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2457@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
2458DJGPP
2459
2460@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2461@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2462Novell NetWare
2463
70f80edf
JT
2464@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2465@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2466ARM Embedded ABI version 1
2467
2468@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2469@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2470ARM Embedded ABI version 2
2471
2472@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2473@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2474Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard
2475
2476@end table
2477
2478Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2479
2480@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2481Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2482@end deftypefun
2483
c133ab7a 2484@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2485Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2486architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2487@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2488machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2489will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2490@end deftypefun
2491
2492@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2493Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2494BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2495If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2496be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2497any architecture.
2498@end deftypefun
2499
2500@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2501Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2502The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2503be determined.
2504@end deftypefun
2505
2506@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2507Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2508@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2509corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2510architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2511with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2512@end deftypefun
2513
c906108c
SS
2514@section Registers and Memory
2515
56caf160
EZ
2516@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2517@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2518block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2519
56caf160
EZ
2520@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2521compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2522that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2523to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2524and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2525
25822942 2526@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2527
93e79dbd
JB
2528@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2529@cindex pointer representation
2530@cindex address representation
2531@cindex word-addressed machines
2532@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2533@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2534@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2535@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2536@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2537@cindex D10V addresses
2538
2539On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2540indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2541whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2542machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2543However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2544address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2545identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2546
172c2a43 2547For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2548instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2549actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2550jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2551full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2552If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2553then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2554However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2555low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2556zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2557the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2558refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2559code space.
2560
2561However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2562forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2563@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2564@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2565
2566(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2567affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2568going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2569
56caf160
EZ
2570To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2571one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2572byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2573of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2574@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2575@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2576@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2577and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2578
2579Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2580processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2581each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2582distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2583clean up some architecture-independent code.
2584
2585Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2586
2587@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2588Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2589@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2590appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2591@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2592@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2593inferior's.
2594
2595For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2596extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2597@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2598D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2599@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2600
2601If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2602will signal an internal error.
2603@end deftypefun
2604
2605@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2606Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2607pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2608@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2609inferior's.
2610
2611For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2612stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2613appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2614is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2615a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2616
2617If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2618will signal an internal error.
2619@end deftypefun
2620
f23631e4 2621@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2622Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2623as appropriate for the current architecture.
2624
2625This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2626For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2627described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2628@end deftypefun
2629
2630@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2631Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2632the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2633This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2634above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2635@end deftypefun
2636
93e79dbd
JB
2637Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2638relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2639definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2640simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2641
2642@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2643Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2644appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2645address the pointer refers to.
2646
2647This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2648C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2649@end deftypefn
2650
2651@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2652Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2653@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2654
2655This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2656C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2657@end deftypefn
2658
b5b0480a
KB
2659@section Address Classes
2660@cindex address classes
2661@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2662@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2663
2664Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2665via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2666define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2667distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2668info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2669address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2670following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2671types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2672a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2673
2674@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2675Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2676is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2677This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2678@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2679@end deftypefn
2680
2681@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2682Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2683its name.
2684@end deftypefn
2685@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
2686Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
2687for that address class qualifier.
2688@end deftypefn
2689
2690Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2691the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2692macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2693
2694Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
269532-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2696suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2697uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2698of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2699to implement the address class macros:
2700
2701@smallexample
2702somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2703 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2704@{
b5b0480a
KB
2705 if (byte_size == 2)
2706 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2707 else
2708 return 0;
f2abfe65 2709@}
b5b0480a
KB
2710
2711static char *
2712somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2713@{
b5b0480a
KB
2714 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2715 return "short";
2716 else
2717 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2718@}
b5b0480a
KB
2719
2720int
2721somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2722 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2723@{
b5b0480a 2724 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2725 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2726 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2727 return 1;
f2abfe65 2728 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2729 else
2730 return 0;
f2abfe65 2731@}
b5b0480a
KB
2732@end smallexample
2733
2734The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2735to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2736the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2737short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2738
2739@smallexample
2740(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2741type = int * @@short
2742@end smallexample
2743
93e79dbd 2744
13d01224
AC
2745@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
2746@cindex raw register representation
2747@cindex virtual register representation
2748@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
2749
2750@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
2751functionality described here has largely been replaced by
2752pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
2753Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
2754Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
2755Bug Tracking Database} and
2756@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
2757up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 2758
9fb4dd36
JB
2759Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
2760register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 2761In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 2762the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 2763used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 2764
13d01224
AC
2765@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
2766both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
2767register forms.}
2768
9fb4dd36
JB
2769For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
2770raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2771However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
2772
2773@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 2774@item
56caf160 2775The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
2776we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
2777floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
2778are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
2779allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
2780type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
2781arrangement is the virtual representation.
2782
2783@item
25822942
DB
2784Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
2785registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
2786bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
2787raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
2788virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
2789@end itemize
2790
2791In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
2792@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
2793can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
2794@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
2795@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 2796
56caf160
EZ
2797Your architecture may define the following macros to request
2798conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
2799
2800@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
2801Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
2802and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
2803
2804You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
2805unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
2806@end deftypefn
2807
12c266ea 2808@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 2809The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 2810of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2811remote protocol packet.
2812@end deftypefn
2813
f30992d4 2814@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2815The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
2816This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
2817register's value.
2818@end deftypefn
2819
2e092625 2820@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2821This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
2822@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 2823register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2824always uses the virtual form.
2825@end deftypefn
2826
2827@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2828Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2829should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2830at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2831convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2832
6f6ef15a
EZ
2833Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
2834@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
2835arguments in different orders.
2836
2837You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
2838for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
2839value.
9fb4dd36
JB
2840@end deftypefn
2841
2842@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2843Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2844should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2845at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2846convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2847
2848Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
2849their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2850@end deftypefn
2851
2852
13d01224
AC
2853@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
2854@cindex register representation
2855@cindex memory representation
2856@cindex representations, register and memory
2857@cindex register data formats, converting
2858@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
2859
2860@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
2861significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this
2862section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
2863@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
2864@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
2865further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
2866
2867Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
2868form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
2869For example:
2870
2871@itemize @bullet
2872
2873@item
2874The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
2875floating-point registers.
2876
2877@item
2878The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
2879@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
2880when stored in a register.
2881
2882@end itemize
2883
2884In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
2885the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
2886the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
2887Interface.
2888
2889For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
2890representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2891However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
2892following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
2893representations of a data type:
2894
2895@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
2896Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
2897register may be different to the representation of that same data value
2898when stored in memory.
2899
2900When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
2901@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
2902@end deftypefn
2903
2904@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2905Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
2906@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
2907format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
2908
2909Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2910their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2911
2912You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
2913the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2914@end deftypefn
2915
2916@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2917Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
2918raw format.
2919
2920Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2921their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2922
2923You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
2924the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2925@end deftypefn
2926
2927@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2928See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
2929@end deftypefn
2930
2931
c906108c
SS
2932@section Frame Interpretation
2933
2934@section Inferior Call Setup
2935
2936@section Compiler Characteristics
2937
2938@section Target Conditionals
2939
2940This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
2941machine.
2942
2943@table @code
2944
c906108c 2945@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 2946@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
2947If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
2948really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 2949expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
2950addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
2951
2952For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
29532.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
2954instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
2955boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
2956address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
2957bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 2958
b5b0480a
KB
2959@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
2960@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
2961If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
2962referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
2963and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
2964return 0.
2965
2966The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
2967@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
2968possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
2969@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2970
2971@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2972@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2973Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
2974has been defined.
2975
2976@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2977@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2978Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
2979the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
2980used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
2981returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
2982@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
2983values or'd together.
2984@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2985
2986@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2987@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2988Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
2989been defined.
2990
2991@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
2992@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
2993Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
2994flags given by @var{type_flags}.
2995
2996@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
2997@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
2998Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
2999been defined.
3000@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3001
93e79dbd 3002@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 3003@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
3004Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3005@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3006This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3007C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3008@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3009
c906108c 3010@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
3011@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
3012Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
3013parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3014original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3015
c906108c 3016@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
3017@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
3018Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 3019endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3020are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
3021
3022@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3023@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3024This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3025memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3026instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3027pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3028longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3029
56caf160
EZ
3030@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
3031@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3032
c906108c 3033@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3034@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3035@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3036@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3037Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3038
56caf160
EZ
3039@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3040favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3041
2dd0da42
AC
3042@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3043@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3044@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3045@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3046@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3047@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3048Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
3049@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
3050@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
3051@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3052favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 3053
56caf160
EZ
3054@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3055@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
3056@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
3057contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3058a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3059length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3060counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3061breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3062
3063Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3064not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3065instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3066instruction of the architecture.
3067
7a292a7a
SS
3068Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3069
56caf160
EZ
3070@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
3071@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
3072@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
3073@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
3074Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3075(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3076@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
3077provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3078architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3079@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3080likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3081conventional manner.
3082
3083It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3084custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3085@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3086reason.
3087
1485d690
KB
3088@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3089@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3090@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3091Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3092address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3093breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3094
3095The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3096The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3097instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3098instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3099one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3100in parallel.
3101
3102In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3103from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3104information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3105refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3106if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3107statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3108instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3109(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3110in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3111at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3112
3113The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3114breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3115the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3116
3117Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3118expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3119is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3120
c906108c 3121@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3122@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3123See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3124
7043d8dc
AC
3125This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3126(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3127
56caf160
EZ
3128@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3129@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3130A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3131from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3132@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3133
56caf160
EZ
3134@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3135@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3136A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3137written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3138status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3139@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3140
13d01224
AC
3141@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3142@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3143Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3144non-standard form.
3145@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3146
c906108c 3147@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3148@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3149Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3150program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3151@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3152
56caf160
EZ
3153@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3154@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3155If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3156library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3157
5e74b15c 3158@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3159@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3160If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3161the processor's floating point unit.
3162
0ab7a791
AC
3163@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3164@findex print_registers_info
3165If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3166specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3167either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3168registers (@var{all} is zero).
3169
3170The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3171zero omits floating-point registers.
3172
e76f1f2e
AC
3173@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3174@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3175If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3176to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3177
3178By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3179registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3180
0dcedd82 3181@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3182@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3183Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3184no conversion will be performed.
3185
3186@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3187@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3188Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3189defined, no conversion will be performed.
3190
3191@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3192@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3193Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3194no conversion will be performed.
3195
c906108c 3196@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3197@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3198This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3199@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3200
56caf160
EZ
3201@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3202@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3203Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3204the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3205into @var{valbuf}.
3206
92ad9cd9
AC
3207This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3208(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3209
74055713
AC
3210@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3211@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3212@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3213When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3214register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3215its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3216
92ad9cd9 3217@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3218
74055713
AC
3219@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3220@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3221Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3222
0ba6dca9
AC
3223@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3224@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3225If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3226macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3227
0ba6dca9
AC
3228This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3229is not defined.
c906108c 3230
19772a2c
AC
3231@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3232@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3233Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3234represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3235Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3236
790eb8f5
AC
3237@item frame_align (@var{address})
3238@anchor{frame_align}
3239@findex frame_align
3240Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3241requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3242alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3243stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3244
3245This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3246the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3247value are correctly aligned.
3248
f27dd7fd
AC
3249Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3250address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3251
3252By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3253
8b148df9
AC
3254@item int frame_red_zone_size
3255
3256The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3257@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3258allocating extra stack space).
3259
3260When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3261modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3262@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3263stack.
3264
3265By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3266(@pxref{frame_align}).
3267
3268The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3269@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3270@cindex red zone
3271
618ce49f
AC
3272@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3273@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3274Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3275
618ce49f
AC
3276@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3277@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3278Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3279outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3280situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3281chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3282startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3283@code{_start}.
c906108c 3284
f30ee0bc
AC
3285@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3286@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3287See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3288current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3289@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3290@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3291@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3292
fb8f8949 3293@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3294
56caf160
EZ
3295@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3296@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3297For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3298are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3299@code{-1}.
c906108c 3300
8bedc050
AC
3301@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3302@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3303@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3304saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3305
3306This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3307
3308@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3309@findex unwind_pc
3310@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3311caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
3312This is commonly refered to as the return address.
3313
3314The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3315is typically no more than:
3316
3317@smallexample
3318ULONGEST pc;
3319frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3320return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3321@end smallexample
3322
3323@noindent
8bedc050 3324@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3325
a9e5fdc2
AC
3326@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3327@findex unwind_sp
3328@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
3329commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
3330
3331The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3332is typically no more than:
3333
3334@smallexample
3335ULONGEST sp;
3336frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3337return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3338@end smallexample
3339
3340@noindent
3341@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3342
c906108c 3343@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3344@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3345For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3346function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3347@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3348function's epilogue.
3349
782263ab
AC
3350@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3351@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3352An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3353used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3354function's first genuine instruction.
3355
3356This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3357the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3358example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3359indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3360VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3361appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3362function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3363@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3364
c906108c 3365@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3366@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3367@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3368@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3369If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3370look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3371are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3372respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3373
25822942 3374@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3375@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3376If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3377within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3378
56caf160 3379This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3380definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3381a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3382defined.
3383
25822942 3384@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3385@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3386This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3387@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3388HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3389used instead.
c906108c 3390
c906108c 3391@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3392@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3393For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3394DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3395the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3396
56caf160
EZ
3397This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3398assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3399@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3400pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3401
ac2adee5
AC
3402@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3403@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3404Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3405@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3406
268e2188
AC
3407@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3408@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3409Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3410conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3411feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3412repenting at leisure.
3413
9742079a
EZ
3414@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3415An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3416support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3417
2df3850c 3418@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3419@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3420Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3421macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3422routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3423
3424On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3425@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3426routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3427
e9582e71
AC
3428@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3429@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3430If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3431stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3432is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3433
a5afb99f
AC
3434@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3435@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3436This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3437@var{prev}. [By default...]
3438
56caf160
EZ
3439@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3440@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3441Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3442stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3443the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3444stack grows upward.
3445
9e5abb06
CV
3446@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3447@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3448Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3449The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3450the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3451final `return from function call' instruction.
3452
aa2a3f87
AC
3453@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3454@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3455@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3456@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3457Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3458given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3459constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3460@var{pc}.
3461
56caf160
EZ
3462@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3463@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3464Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3465trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3466
56caf160
EZ
3467@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3468@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3469Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3470trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3471
56caf160
EZ
3472@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3473@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3474Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3475dynamic linker.
3476
56caf160
EZ
3477@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3478@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3479Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3480should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3481function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3482to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3483stepping will suffice.
3484
fc0c74b1
AC
3485@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3486@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3487@cindex converting integers to addresses
3488Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3489conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3490the current architectures conventions.
3491
3492@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3493their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3494@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3495computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3496major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3497other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3498conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3499out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3500to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3501disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3502method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3503@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3504
3505@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3506Addresses}.
3507
c906108c 3508@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3509@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3510(Specific to the a29k.)
3511
93e79dbd 3512@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3513@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3514Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3515appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3516address the pointer refers to.
3517@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3518
9fb4dd36 3519@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3520@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3521Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3522@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3523
3524@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3525@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3526Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3527@var{type}.
4281a42e 3528@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3529
12c266ea
AC
3530@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3531@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3532Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3533virtual type.
13d01224 3534@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3535
617073a9
AC
3536@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3537@findex register_reggroup_p
3538@cindex register groups
3539Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3540group @var{reggroup}.
3541
3542By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3543
3544@table @code
3545@item float_reggroup
3546Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3547@item vector_reggroup
3548Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3549@item general_reggroup
3550Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3551floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3552@item save_reggroup
3553@itemx restore_reggroup
3554@itemx all_reggroup
3555Any register with a valid name.
3556@end table
3557
f30992d4
AC
3558@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3559@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3560Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3561register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3562Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3563@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3564
2e092625 3565@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3566@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3567Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3568@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3569
77e7e267
AC
3570@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3571@findex register_type
3572If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
2e092625 3573superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3574Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3575
9fb4dd36 3576@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3577@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3578Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3579form.
13d01224 3580@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3581
3582@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3583@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3584Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3585form.
13d01224 3586@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3587
0ab4b752
MK
3588@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3589@findex regset_from_core_section
3590Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3591@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3592
b0ed3589 3593@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3594@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3595Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3596mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3597
56caf160
EZ
3598@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p})
3599@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3600A function that inserts or removes (depending on
c906108c 3601@var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3602the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3603for examples.
3604
da59e081 3605@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3606@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3607Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3608debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3609them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3610address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3611linking faster.
3612
3613@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3614hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3615entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3616the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3617segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3618
3619@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3620
56caf160 3621@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3622@item
3623@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3624addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3625the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3626linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3627name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3628the address.
3629
3630@item
3631@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3632@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3633and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3634them.
da59e081
JM
3635@end itemize
3636
c906108c 3637@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3638@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3639If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3640counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3641
3642@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3643@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3644If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3645be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3646
3647This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3648@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3649
2df3850c 3650@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3651@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3652If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3653pushing them on the stack.
3654
a38c9fe6
MK
3655@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3656@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3657@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3658@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3659function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3660value.
3661
ee206350
AG
3662This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3663(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3664
c906108c 3665@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3666@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3667A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3668
3669@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3670@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3671(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3672
3673@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3674@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3675If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3676definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3677
749b82f6
AC
3678@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3679@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3680@findex frame_pop
3681If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
3682method has been superseeded by generic code.
c906108c 3683
d4b6d575 3684@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3685@findex push_dummy_call
3686@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3687@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3688the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3689@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3690@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3691
86fe4aaa 3692@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3693function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3694
b24da7d0 3695Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3696
3697This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3698
7043d8dc
AC
3699@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3700@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3701@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3702instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3703called function should return.
3704
3705Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3706should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3707the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3708
3709By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3710(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3711reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3712
434b87dd 3713This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3714@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3715
56caf160
EZ
3716@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3717@findex REGISTER_NAME
3718Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3719or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3720
8e823e25
MK
3721@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3722@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3723@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3724given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3725
3726This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3727(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3728
b24da7d0
AC
3729@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3730@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3731@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3732notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
3733passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
3734after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3735allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3736
c906108c 3737@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3738@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3739Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3740defined, no conversion will be done.
3741
963e2bb7 3742@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3743@findex gdbarch_return_value
3744@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3745type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3746would use.
3747
3748@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3749@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3750in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3751value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3752passed in as the function's first parameter.
3753
963e2bb7
AC
3754If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3755non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3756@var{regcache}.
3757
963e2bb7 3758If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3759non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3760@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3761just returned function).
3762
74055713 3763@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
3764return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
3765
3766@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3767store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3768the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3769@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3770instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3771return-value extract and store.}
3772
3773@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3774parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3775that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3776then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
3777@var{function} should be persued.}
3778
3779@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3780to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3781@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3782limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3783
c2c6d25f 3784@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3785@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 3786Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3787steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3788re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3789hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 3790doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
3791state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
3792macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
3793of a branch or jump.
3794
56caf160
EZ
3795@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
3796@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
3797A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3798function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 3799
56caf160
EZ
3800@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
3801@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
3802If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
3803the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
3804that is at the start of the real function.
3805
3806@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 3807@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 3808If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
3809the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3810there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
3811
3812@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3813@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 3814Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 3815declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
3816done.
3817
f27dd7fd
AC
3818@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
3819@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
3820@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
3821Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
3822requirements for the processor's stack.
3823
3824Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
3825upwards.
3826
3827By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 3828
56caf160
EZ
3829@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
3830@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
3831Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
3832delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 3833slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
3834normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
3835
ebba8386 3836@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 3837@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
3838A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
3839@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
3840value that is to be returned.
c906108c 3841
92ad9cd9
AC
3842This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3843(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3844
c906108c 3845@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3846@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
3847The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
3848current sources.)
3849
c906108c 3850@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 3851@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3852Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
3853
c3d3ce5b
JB
3854@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3855@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3856Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
3857it should be unsigned.
3858
3859The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
3860equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
3861character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
3862Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
3863on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
3864
c906108c 3865@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3866@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3867Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
3868
ac9a91a7
JM
3869At present this macro is not used.
3870
c906108c 3871@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3872@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3873Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3874
3875@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3876@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3877Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3878
ac9a91a7
JM
3879At present this macro is not used.
3880
c906108c 3881@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 3882@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3883Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3884
3885@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 3886@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3887Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3888
3889@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3890@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3891Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3892
3893@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3894@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3895Number of bits in a long double float;
3896defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3897
3898@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3899@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3900Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
3901
3902@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 3903@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3904Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
3905
3906@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 3907@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3908Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3909
3910@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
3911@findex TARGET_READ_PC
3912@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
3913@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 3914@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
3915@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
3916@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
3917@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
3918@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
3919@findex read_pc
3920@findex write_pc
3921@findex read_sp
56caf160 3922@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 3923@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 3924@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
3925left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
3926functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
3927
3928These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
3929hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
3930in an ordinary register.
3931
a9e5fdc2
AC
3932@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
3933
56caf160
EZ
3934@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
3935@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
3936Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
3937pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
3938are not used, a default definition simply returns
3939@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 3940
9742079a
EZ
3941@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
3942If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
3943watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
3944other related macros.
3945
7ccaa899
EZ
3946@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
3947@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
3948This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
3949instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
3950debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
3951a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
3952accessor function for the global pointer
3953@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
3954the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
3955@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
3956@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
3957decoding routine.
7ccaa899 3958
6314f104
AC
3959@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
3960@findex unwind_dummy_id
3961@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
3962frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
3963frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
3964previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
3965@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 3966
b5622e8d
AC
3967@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3968@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
3969If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
3970given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
3971allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
3972being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
3973for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
3974other compilers.
3975
92ad9cd9
AC
3976This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3977(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3978
13d01224
AC
3979@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3980@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
3981Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
3982@var{regnum}'s.
3983@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3984
56caf160
EZ
3985@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3986@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
3987For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
3988declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
3989nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 3990@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
3991presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
3992@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
3993
56caf160
EZ
3994@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3995@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 3996Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
3997@end table
3998
3999Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4000
56caf160 4001@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4002@item BPT_VECTOR
4003Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4004not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4005
4006@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4007Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
4008
4009@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
4010@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
4011A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4012allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4013
56caf160 4014@end ftable
c906108c
SS
4015
4016@section Adding a New Target
4017
56caf160 4018@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4019The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4020
4021@table @file
56caf160 4022@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4023@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4024Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4025object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4026@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4027the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4028tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4029
4030You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4031but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4032future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4033
c906108c
SS
4034@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4035Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4036some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4037@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4038as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4039function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4040and debug.
4041
af6c57ea
AC
4042@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4043@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4044This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4045processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4046@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4047the same processor.
4048
4049@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4050(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4051macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4052format and instructions.
4053
4054New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4055
c906108c
SS
4056@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4057This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4058processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4059@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4060same processor.
4061
af6c57ea
AC
4062New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4063
c906108c
SS
4064@end table
4065
4066If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4067@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4068facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4069instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4070that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4071@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4072
4073
3352e23e
AC
4074@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4075@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4076
4077This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4078an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4079
4080The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4081sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4082instance:
4083
4084@itemize @bullet
4085
4086@item
4087Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4088not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4089
4090@item
4091Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4092@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4093
4094@item
4095Enable multi-arch level one.
4096
4097@item
4098Delete one or more files.
4099
4100@end itemize
4101
4102@noindent
4103There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4104encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4105
4106Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4107and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4108obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4109@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4110process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4111expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4112needed.
4113
4114@subsection Preparation
4115
4116The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4117enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4118the debugger can be compared.
4119
4120At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4121with @option{-Werror}.
4122
4123@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4124
4125The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4126framework. It involves
4127
4128@itemize @bullet
4129
4130@item
4131The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4132above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4133has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4134the architecture:
4135@smallexample
4136static struct gdbarch *
4137d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4138 struct gdbarch_info info;
4139 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4140@{
4141 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4142 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4143 if (arches != NULL)
4144 return arches->gdbarch;
4145 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4146 return gdbarch;
4147@}
4148@end smallexample
4149@noindent
4150@emph{}
4151
4152@item
4153A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4154information:
4155@smallexample
4156static void
4157mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4158 struct ui_file *file)
4159@{
4160 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4161@}
4162@end smallexample
4163
4164@item
4165A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4166architecture:
4167@smallexample
4168void
4169_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4170@{
4171 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4172 mips_dump_tdep);
4173@end smallexample
4174
4175@item
4176Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4177@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4178
4179@end itemize
4180
4181@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4182
4183Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4184
4185@table @code
3352e23e 4186@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4187Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4188@end table
4189
4190@noindent
4191At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4192functions.
4193
4194@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4195
4196Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4197and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4198committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4199an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4200provided.
4201
4202Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4203
4204Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4205functions (patch(es)).
4206
4207Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4208architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4209!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4210
4211@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4212
4213Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4214single patch).
4215
4216Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4217already.
4218
4219@subsection Convert remaining macros
4220
4221Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4222architecture method) in small batches.
4223
4224@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4225
4226This should go smoothly.
4227
4228@subsection Delete the TM file
4229
4230The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4231@file{configure.in} updated.
4232
4233
c906108c
SS
4234@node Target Vector Definition
4235
4236@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4237@cindex target vector
c906108c 4238
56caf160
EZ
4239The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4240abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4241actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4242@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4243each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c
SS
4244
4245@section File Targets
4246
4247Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4248
4249@section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
4250
56caf160
EZ
4251@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4252that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4253@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4254systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4255
56caf160
EZ
4256The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4257your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4258SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4259program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4260
4261The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4262@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4263
4264@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4265@item
4266%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4267
56caf160
EZ
4268@item
4269traps are disabled;
c906108c 4270
56caf160
EZ
4271@item
4272you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4273@end enumerate
4274
4275As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4276is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4277The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4278hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4279which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4280set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4281first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4282
4283For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4284``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4285and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4286controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4287trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4288do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4289of the debugger/stub.
4290
4291From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4292They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4293
4294@section ROM Monitor Interface
4295
4296@section Custom Protocols
4297
4298@section Transport Layer
4299
4300@section Builtin Simulator
4301
4302
4303@node Native Debugging
4304
4305@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4306@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4307
25822942 4308Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4309
4310@table @file
56caf160 4311@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4312@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4313Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4314machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4315native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4316Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4317@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4318define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4319@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4320
7fd60527
AC
4321@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4322originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4323on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4324purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4325eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4326suffix.}
4327
c906108c 4328@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4329(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4330macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4331child process control and core file support.
4332
4333@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4334Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4335this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4336@end table
4337
4338There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4339various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4340defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4341the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4342@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4343
4344Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4345to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4346Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4347into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4348
4349@table @file
c906108c
SS
4350@item inftarg.c
4351This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4352processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4353
4354@item procfs.c
4355This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4356processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4357
4358@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4359This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4360and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4361
4362@item infptrace.c
4363This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4364the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4365@end table
4366
4367@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4368@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4369
4370@table @file
56caf160 4371@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4372@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4373Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4374@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4375files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4376just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4377@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4378
4379@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4380If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4381@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4382set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4383register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4384``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4385@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4386use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4387you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4388to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4389@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4390the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4391@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4392@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4393implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4394@end table
4395
25822942 4396When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4397possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4398code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4399@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4400machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4401(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4402@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4403exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4404modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4405section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4406segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4407information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4408sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4409section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4410standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4411around in.
4412
25822942 4413Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4414@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4415@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4416It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4417its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4418segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4419register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4420
4421If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4422format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4423reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4424
4425@section ptrace
4426
4427@section /proc
4428
4429@section win32
4430
4431@section shared libraries
4432
4433@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4434@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4435
56caf160
EZ
4436When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4437defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4438target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4439undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4440
1f6d4158
AC
4441@table @code
4442
c906108c 4443@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4444@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4445If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4446define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4447a read from the child.
4448
4449[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4450currently.]
4451
4452@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4453@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4454Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4455@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4456@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4457@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4458routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4459
c906108c 4460@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4461@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4462This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4463point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4464appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4465to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4466
4467@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4468@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4469For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4470DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4471@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4472
56caf160 4473This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4474assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4475@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4476pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4477
9742079a
EZ
4478@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4479An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4480support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4481
c906108c 4482@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4483@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4484Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4485struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4486needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4487addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4488On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4489
c906108c 4490@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4491@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4492Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4493runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4494root directory.
4495
4496@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4497@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4498Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4499user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4500
4501@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4502@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4503Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4504defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4505definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4506
c906108c 4507@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4508@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4509The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4510exists and is different from @code{int}.
4511
4512@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4513@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4514Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4515
4516@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4517@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4518If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4519inferior.
4520
4521@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4522@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4523If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4524Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4525
990f9fe3 4526@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4527@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4528Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4529@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4530@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4531processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4532
4533@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4534@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4535Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4536want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4537
4538@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4539@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4540When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4541twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4542the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4543number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4544expand into the number expected.
4545
c906108c 4546@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4547@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4548This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4549translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4550representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4551
4552@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4553@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4554This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4555defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4556@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4557configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4558the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4559undefined.
4560
4561The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4562the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4563that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4564
4565@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4566@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4567See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4568
4569@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4570@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4571Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4572@end table
4573
4574
4575@node Support Libraries
4576
4577@chapter Support Libraries
4578
4579@section BFD
56caf160 4580@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4581
25822942 4582BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4583
4584@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4585@item identifying executable and core files
4586BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4587several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4588
4589@item access to sections of files
4590BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4591sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4592(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4593calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4594length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4595
4596@item specialized core file support
4597BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4598core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4599file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4600file.
4601
4602@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4603@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4604symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4605handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4606symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4607string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4608@end table
4609
4610@section opcodes
56caf160 4611@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4612
25822942 4613The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4614library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4615
4616@section readline
4617
4618@section mmalloc
4619
4620@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4621@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4622
4623The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4624that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4625systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4626groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4627environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4628a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4629functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4630beyond standard functions).
4631
4632@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4633library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4634floating format support functions, the input options parser
4635@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4636
4637@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4638@cindex @code{obstacks}
4639
4640The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4641chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4642like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4643allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
4644@code{libiberty}'s documenatation for a more detailed explanation of
4645@code{obstacks}).
4646
4647The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4648object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4649representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4650these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4651symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4652fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
4653offets lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
4654string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4655information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4656unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4657various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4658names of types.
4659
4660An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4661that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
4662various times during a debugging sesssion, but it is released all at
4663once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4664function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4665deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4666start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4667@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4668obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4669happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4670is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4671obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4672@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4673else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4674use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4675
4676Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4677under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4678longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4679when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4680new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4681
4682@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4683@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4684
4685Regex conditionals.
4686
4687@table @code
c906108c
SS
4688@item C_ALLOCA
4689
4690@item NFAILURES
4691
4692@item RE_NREGS
4693
4694@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4695
4696@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4697
4698@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4699
4700@item Sword
4701
4702@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4703@end table
4704
4705@section include
4706
4707@node Coding
4708
4709@chapter Coding
4710
4711This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4712algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4713
4714@section Cleanups
56caf160 4715@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4716
4717Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4718later.
c906108c 4719
cc1cb004
AC
4720When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4721@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4722the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4723cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4724and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4725is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4726cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4727created.
c906108c
SS
4728
4729Syntax:
4730
4731@table @code
c906108c
SS
4732@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4733Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4734
56caf160 4735@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4736@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4737Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4738@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4739handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4740@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4741@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4742from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4743
56caf160 4744@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4745@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4746Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4747@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4748
4749@findex discard_cleanups
4750@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4751Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4752the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4753@end table
4754
4755Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4756@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4757later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4758performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4759
474c8240 4760@smallexample
c906108c 4761make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4762@{
4763 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4764 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4765 ...
4766 do_cleanups (old);
4767@}
474c8240 4768@end smallexample
56caf160 4769
c906108c 4770@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4771will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4772cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4773be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4774
4775Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4776Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4777will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4778to two common cleanup styles.
4779
4780The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4781@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4782code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4783code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4784called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4785@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4786
474c8240 4787@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4788struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4789data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
4790make_cleanup (xfree, data);
4791... blah blah ...
4792do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 4793@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4794
4795The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4796@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
4797any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
4798code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
4799an error:
4800
474c8240 4801@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4802FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
4803struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
4804... blah blah ...
4805discard_cleanups (old);
4806return file;
474c8240 4807@end smallexample
c906108c 4808
c1468174 4809Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
4810that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
4811means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
4812interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
4813functions, since they might never return to your code (they
4814@samp{longjmp} instead).
4815
ba8c9337
AC
4816@section Per-architecture module data
4817@cindex per-architecture module data
4818@cindex multi-arch data
4819@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
4820
fc989b7a
AC
4821The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
4822specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
4823architecture object.
4824
4825A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
4826
4827@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
4828@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
4829per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
4830in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
4831architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
4832and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
4833@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4834
fc989b7a
AC
4835@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
4836@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
4837per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
4838always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
4839initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
4840per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
4841other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
4842create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
4843@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4844
fc989b7a
AC
4845These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
4846identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 4847
fc989b7a 4848The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 4849
fc989b7a
AC
4850@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
4851Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
4852@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
4853or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
4854current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
4855pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
4856corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
4857@end deftypefun
4858
fc989b7a 4859The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
4860
4861@smallexample
e7f16015 4862struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 4863static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
4864@end smallexample
4865
fc989b7a
AC
4866A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
4867per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
4868per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
4869creation.
ba8c9337 4870
fc989b7a
AC
4871In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
4872architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
4873from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
4874
4875@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4876static void *
4877nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 4878@{
fc989b7a
AC
4879 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
4880 return data;
4881@}
ba8c9337
AC
4882@end smallexample
4883
ba8c9337 4884@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4885extern void
4886set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 4887@{
ba8c9337 4888 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 4889 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
4890@}
4891@end smallexample
4892
fc989b7a
AC
4893A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
4894using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 4895
fc989b7a
AC
4896In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
4897@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
4898architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
4899
4900@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4901static void *
4902nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4903@{
fc989b7a
AC
4904 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
4905 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
4906 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
4907@}
4908@end smallexample
4909
4910@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4911extern int
4912nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4913@{
fc989b7a
AC
4914 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
4915 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
4916@}
4917@end smallexample
4918
c906108c 4919@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 4920@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 4921
56caf160 4922@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
4923Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
4924or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
4925added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
4926routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
4927exceeded.
4928
4929The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
4930printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
4931away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
4932@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
4933@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
4934return!
4935
56caf160 4936It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
4937space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
4938indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
4939the line wraps there.
4940
4941Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
4942finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 4943to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
4944print warnings are a good example.
4945
25822942 4946@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 4947@cindex coding standards
c906108c 4948
25822942 4949@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 4950@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
4951FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
4952of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
4953but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 4954
56caf160
EZ
4955@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
4956@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 4957
af6c57ea 4958
b9aa90c9 4959@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 4960
b9aa90c9
AC
4961@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
4962compiler.
af6c57ea 4963
b9aa90c9 4964@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
4965
4966
4967@subsection Memory Management
4968
4969@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
4970@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
4971
4972@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
4973@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
4974these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
4975they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
4976@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
4977
4978@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
4979memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
4980behavior.}
4981
4982@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
4983
4984@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
4985memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
4986free a @code{NULL} pointer.
4987
4988@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
4989@code{NULL} pointer.}
4990
4991@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
4992allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
4993
4994@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
4995restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
4996
4997@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 4998function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
4999
5000@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5001functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5002errors.}
5003
5004
5005@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5006@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea
AC
5007
5008With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option
5009@samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}.
5010The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
5011
5012This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5013with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
5014from those flags being treated as errors.
5015
5016The current list of warning flags includes:
5017
5018@table @samp
5019@item -Wimplicit
5020Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared
5021using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that
5022prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to
5023@samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}.
5024
5025@item -Wreturn-type
5026Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures
5027that use register windows.
5028
5029@item -Wcomment
5030
5031@item -Wtrigraphs
5032
5033@item -Wformat
153721e6 5034@itemx -Wformat-nonliteral
af6c57ea 5035Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
153721e6 5036@code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5037but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5038
5039@item -Wparentheses
5040This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an
5041@code{if} statement.
5042
5043@item -Wpointer-arith
5044
5045@item -Wuninitialized
0f0cffd2
AC
5046
5047@item -Wunused-label
5048This warning has the additional benefit of detecting the absence of the
5049@code{case} reserved word in a switch statement:
5050@smallexample
5051enum @{ FD_SCHEDULED, NOTHING_SCHEDULED @} sched;
5052@dots{}
5053switch (sched)
5054 @{
5055 case FD_SCHEDULED:
5056 @dots{};
5057 break;
5058 NOTHING_SCHEDULED:
5059 @dots{};
5060 break;
5061 @}
5062@end smallexample
c9830293
AC
5063
5064@item -Wunused-function
7be93b9e
JB
5065
5066@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5067In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5068assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5069signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5070carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5071the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5072worth the time it would take.
5073
af6c57ea
AC
5074@end table
5075
5076@emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most
5077functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning
5078@samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro
5079@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5080it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
5081is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also
5082precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.}
5083
5084@emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings
5085enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings
5086when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.}
c906108c
SS
5087
5088@subsection Formatting
5089
56caf160 5090@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5091The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5092strictly.
5093
af6c57ea
AC
5094A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5095function definition should have its name in column zero.
5096
474c8240 5097@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5098/* Declaration */
5099static void foo (void);
5100/* Definition */
5101void
5102foo (void)
5103@{
5104@}
474c8240 5105@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5106
5107@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5108be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5109
af6c57ea
AC
5110There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5111parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5112required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5113or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5114
5115While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5116more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5117after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5118whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5119for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5120
5121Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5122
474c8240 5123@smallexample
af6c57ea 5124void *foo;
474c8240 5125@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5126
5127@noindent
5128and not:
5129
474c8240 5130@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5131void * foo;
5132void* foo;
474c8240 5133@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5134
5135@subsection Comments
5136
56caf160 5137@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5138The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5139
af6c57ea
AC
5140Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5141@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5142
474c8240 5143@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5144/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5145 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5146 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5147 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5148 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5149@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5150
5151(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5152comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5153
5154Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5155variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5156
5157In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5158than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5159line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5160than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5161
5162@subsection C Usage
5163
56caf160 5164@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5165Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5166host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5167of evaluation of expressions.
5168
56caf160 5169@cindex function usage
c906108c 5170Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5171in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5172call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5173limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5174
5175However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5176are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5177
af6c57ea 5178@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5179(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5180protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5181
5182@cindex types
c906108c 5183
af6c57ea
AC
5184Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5185declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5186
5187
5188@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5189@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5190
5191Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5192a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5193argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5194function definition.
c906108c 5195
53a5351d
JM
5196All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5197callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5198be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5199visible to random source files.
c906108c 5200
af6c57ea
AC
5201Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5202that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5203
5204
5205@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5206
5207During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5208User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5209entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5210object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5211Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5212run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5213
5214When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5215@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5216
5217@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5218
5219@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5220the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5221@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5222error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5223
5224@subsection File Names
5225
5226Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5227case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5228unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5229
5230@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5231platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5232is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5233@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5234convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5235@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5236@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5237
5238Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5239of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5240
5241@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5242
5243When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5244@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5245@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5246independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5247the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5248should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5249programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5250
5251For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5252
5253
5254@subsection Include Files
5255
e2b28d04 5256A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5257
e2b28d04
AC
5258A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5259declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5260indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5261
e2b28d04
AC
5262A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5263declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5264indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5265be directly included.
af6c57ea 5266
e2b28d04 5267An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5268
e2b28d04
AC
5269An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5270Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5271pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5272
5273A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5274
5275An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5276files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5277@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5278
5279All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5280
474c8240 5281@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5282#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5283#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5284header body
5285#endif
474c8240 5286@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5287
c906108c 5288
dab11f21 5289@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5290
56caf160 5291@cindex design
c906108c 5292In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5293semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5294experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5295trouble.
5296
56caf160 5297@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5298You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5299(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5300must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5301@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5302such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5303
5304You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5305the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5306current @code{target_ops} vector.
5307
5308You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5309(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5310assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5311host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5312written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5313copyright problems.
5314
56caf160 5315@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5316Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5317to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5318systems.
5319
56caf160 5320@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5321New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5322or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5323for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5324features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5325has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5326often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5327predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5328time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5329with regard to this feature.
5330
5331Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5332target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5333
dab11f21
EZ
5334@cindex portable file name handling
5335@cindex file names, portability
5336One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5337creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5338assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5339a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5340directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5341necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5342system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5343name, use the following portable macros:
5344
5345@table @code
5346@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5347@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5348This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5349whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5350symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5351such hosts.
5352
5353@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5354@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5355Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5356character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5357such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5358pass.
5359
5360@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5361@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5362Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5363For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5364@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5365@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5366
5367@findex FILENAME_CMP
5368@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5369Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5370appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5371this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5372will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5373
5374@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5375@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5376Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5377@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5378This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5379
5380@findex SLASH_STRING
5381@item SLASH_STRING
5382This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5383absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5384@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5385@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5386@end table
5387
5388In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5389functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5390basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5391@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5392platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5393with @code{strrchr}.
5394
25822942
DB
5395Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5396attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5397multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5398by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5399well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5400something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5401using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5402@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5403current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5404is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5405implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5406attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5407formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5408
56caf160
EZ
5409Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5410the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5411@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5412something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5413consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5414with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5415file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5416radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5417
af6c57ea
AC
5418All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5419@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5420messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5421@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5422
c906108c 5423
8487521e 5424@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5425
25822942 5426@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5427@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5428
56caf160
EZ
5429Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5430specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5431dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5432hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5433@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5434name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5435@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5436
56caf160
EZ
5437@itemize @bullet
5438@item
c906108c
SS
5439In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5440@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5441vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5442@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5443@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5444running
5445
474c8240 5446@smallexample
c906108c 5447./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5448@end smallexample
56caf160 5449
c906108c
SS
5450@noindent
5451and
56caf160 5452
474c8240 5453@smallexample
c906108c 5454./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5455@end smallexample
56caf160 5456
c906108c
SS
5457@noindent
5458which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5459and no error messages.
5460
56caf160 5461@noindent
c906108c
SS
5462You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5463beyond the scope of this manual.
5464
56caf160 5465@item
25822942 5466To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5467your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5468desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5469setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5470@var{xyz}).
5471
7fd60527
AC
5472@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5473@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5474new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5475Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5476to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5477changed again in the future.}
5478
56caf160 5479@item
25822942 5480Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5481target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5482configuration.
56caf160 5483@end itemize
c906108c 5484
d52fe014
AC
5485@node Versions and Branches
5486@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5487
d52fe014 5488@section Versions
8973da3a 5489
d52fe014
AC
5490@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5491@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5492
d52fe014
AC
5493@table @asis
5494@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5495@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5496an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5497@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5498a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
54996.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5500@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5501a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
55026.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5503@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5504a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5505@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5506may include additional changes
d52fe014 5507@end table
fb0ff88f 5508
d52fe014
AC
5509@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5510numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5511of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5512@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5513
53531fc1
AC
5514@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5515@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5516drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5517first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5518@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5519@var{patchlevel}.
5520
5521For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5522identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5523
5524@table @asis
5525@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5526drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5527@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5528@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5529drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
55306.1.90.20020304)
5531@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5532@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5533drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5534@end table
fb0ff88f 5535
d52fe014
AC
5536If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
55376.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5538here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5539
d52fe014
AC
5540@smallexample
5541 <HEAD>
5542 |
53531fc1 55436.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5544 |
53531fc1 5545 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5546 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5547 | |
53531fc1
AC
55486.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5549 | |
55506.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5551 | |
55526.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5553 | |
53531fc1
AC
55546.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5555 | |
55566.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5557 | |
55586.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5559 | |
55606.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5561 | |
55626.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5563 |
53531fc1 55646.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5565 |
53531fc1 5566 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5567 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5568 | |
55696.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5570 | |
d52fe014 5571@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5572
d52fe014
AC
5573@section Release Branches
5574@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5575
d52fe014
AC
5576@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5577single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5578branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5579
d52fe014
AC
5580@smallexample
5581gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5582gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5583gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5584@end smallexample
5585
5586@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5587release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5588date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5589branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5590
5591@section Vendor Branches
5592@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5593
5594To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5595@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5596(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d52fe014
AC
5597its version identifer). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
5598Inc Patch 2)}.
5599
5600@section Experimental Branches
5601@cindex experimental branches
5602
5603@subsection Guidelines
5604
5605@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5606repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5607for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5608significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5609
d52fe014 5610The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5611
d52fe014
AC
5612@table @emph
5613
5614@item a branch has an owner
5615The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5616ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5617adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5618
5619@item all commits are posted
5620All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5621@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5622mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5623should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5624
5625@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5626This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5627and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5628
5629@item a branch is focused
5630A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5631unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5632be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5633
5634@item a branch tracks mainline
5635This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5636pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5637mainline.
5638
5639@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5640The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5641branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5642
5643@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5644The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5645the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5646@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5647
5648@end table
fb0ff88f 5649
d52fe014
AC
5650@subsection Tags
5651@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5652
d52fe014
AC
5653To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5654branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5655
d52fe014 5656@table @code
fb0ff88f 5657
d52fe014
AC
5658@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5659@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5660The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5661date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5662sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5663@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5664cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5665cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5666 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5667@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5668
d52fe014
AC
5669@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5670The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5671on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5672use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5673@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5674cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5675cvs update \
5676 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5677 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5678@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5679@noindent
5680Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5681merge.
5682
5683@end table
fb0ff88f 5684
d52fe014
AC
5685@noindent
5686For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5687@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5688
55f6ca0f
JB
5689@node Start of New Year Procedure
5690@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
5691@cindex new year procedure
5692
5693At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
5694
5695@itemize @bullet
5696@item
5697Rotate the ChangeLog file
5698
5699The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
5700@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
5701A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
5702contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
5703also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
5704the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
5705@smallexample
5706Local Variables:
5707mode: change-log
5708left-margin: 8
5709fill-column: 74
5710version-control: never
5711End:
5712@end smallexample
5713
5714@item
5715Update the copyright year in the startup message
5716
5717Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
5718@code{print_gdb_version}.
5719@end itemize
5720
d52fe014 5721@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5722
d52fe014
AC
5723@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5724@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5725
9bb0a4d8
AC
5726@section Branch Commit Policy
5727
5728The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
57295.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5730
5731@itemize @bullet
5732@item
5733The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5734@item
5735Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5736trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5737file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5738@item
5739When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5740Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5741when debugging a static binary?
5742@item
5743The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5744the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5745@item
5746Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5747sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5748@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5749@end itemize
5750
5751@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5752functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5753This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5754reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5755
5756
cbb09e6a 5757@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5758
8642bc8f 5759Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5760code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5761(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5762
8642bc8f 5763Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5764line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5765been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5766
cbb09e6a
AC
5767The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5768wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5769Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5770
cbb09e6a 5771@enumerate
8973da3a 5772@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5773Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5774list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5775recommended.
8973da3a 5776@item
cbb09e6a 5777Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5778@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5779Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5780Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5781@item
cbb09e6a 5782Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5783@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5784Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5785prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5786@item
5787Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5788released.
5789@item
5790Remove the obsolete code.
5791@end enumerate
5792
5793@noindent
5794@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
5795hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
5796helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
5797or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
5798the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
5799hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 5800
8973da3a 5801
9ae8b82c
AC
5802
5803@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 5804
8642bc8f
AC
5805The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
5806changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
5807instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
5808building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
5809@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 5810
9ae8b82c 5811@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 5812
9ae8b82c
AC
5813People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
5814something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
5815script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 5816
9ae8b82c 5817@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 5818
9ae8b82c
AC
5819Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
5820@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
5821@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
5822
5823@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 5824
8642bc8f 5825A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 5826
8642bc8f
AC
5827@itemize @bullet
5828@item
5829@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
5830@item
9ae8b82c
AC
5831@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
5832file)
5833@item
5834@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
5835@end itemize
5836
9ae8b82c 5837@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 5838
9ae8b82c
AC
5839@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
5840(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
5841conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
5842of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
5843regressions.
8642bc8f 5844
9ae8b82c 5845@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 5846
9ae8b82c 5847Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 5848
9ae8b82c 5849@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 5850
9ae8b82c 5851The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 5852
8642bc8f 5853
30107679 5854@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 5855
30107679 5856@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 5857
474c8240 5858@smallexample
30107679
AC
5859$ u=5.1
5860$ v=5.2
5861$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5862$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
5863$ echo $u $V $D
58645.1 5_2 2002-03-03
5865$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5866-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5867cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
5868-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5869$ ^echo ^^
5870...
5871$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5872-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight+dejagnu
5873cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5874-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight+dejagnu
5875$ ^echo ^^
5876...
8642bc8f 5877$
474c8240 5878@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5879
5880@itemize @bullet
5881@item
30107679
AC
5882by using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt} the branch is forced to an exact
5883date/time.
5884@item
5885the trunk is first taged so that the branch point can easily be found
5886@item
5887Insight (which includes GDB) and dejagnu are all tagged at the same time
8642bc8f 5888@item
30107679 5889@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts
8642bc8f 5890@item
30107679
AC
5891the reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}
5892@end itemize
5893
5894@subheading Update @file{version.in}
5895
5896@smallexample
5897$ u=5.1
5898$ v=5.2
5899$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5900$ echo $u $v$V
59015.1 5_2
5902$ cd /tmp
5903$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
5904-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
5905cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
5906 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
5907$ ^echo ^^
5908U src/gdb/version.in
5909$ cd src/gdb
5910$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
5911$ cat version.in
59125.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
5913$ cvs -f commit version.in
5914@end smallexample
5915
5916@itemize @bullet
5917@item
5918@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
5919mechanism
5920@item
5921@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
5922initial branch version number
8642bc8f
AC
5923@end itemize
5924
8642bc8f
AC
5925
5926@subheading Update the web and news pages
5927
30107679
AC
5928Something?
5929
8642bc8f
AC
5930@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
5931
30107679
AC
5932The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
5933This file needs to be updated so that:
5934
5935@itemize @bullet
5936@item
5937a daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}
5938@item
5939the new branch is included in the snapshot process
5940@end itemize
5941
5942@noindent
5943See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
5944cron table.
5945
5946The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
5947any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
5948snapshot directories.
5949
5950
5951@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
5952
5953The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
5954to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
5955refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
5956
5957The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
5958current release.
5959
5960@subheading Post the branch info
5961
5962Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
5963
5964@itemize @bullet
5965@item
5966@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
5967@item
5968@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and
5969@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list}
16737d73 5970@end itemize
30107679
AC
5971
5972@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
5973ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
5974list are alerted.}
5975
5976The announcement should include:
5977
5978@itemize @bullet
5979@item
5980the branch tag
5981@item
5982how to check out the branch using CVS
5983@item
5984the date/number of weeks until the release
5985@item
5986the branch commit policy
5987still holds.
16737d73 5988@end itemize
30107679 5989
8642bc8f
AC
5990@section Stabilize the branch
5991
5992Something goes here.
5993
5994@section Create a Release
5995
0816590b
AC
5996The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
5997down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
5998process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
5999process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6000
0816590b
AC
6001When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6002
6003@subsection Create a release candidate
6004
6005The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6006made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6007candidate).
6008
6009@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6010
6011Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6012@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6013
6014@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6015
474c8240 6016@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6017$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6018$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6019$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6020$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6021/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6022$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6023$ cd $t/$b/$v
6024$ pwd
0816590b 6025/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6026$ which autoconf
6027/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6028$
474c8240 6029@end smallexample
8973da3a 6030
0816590b
AC
6031@noindent
6032Notes:
8973da3a 6033
0816590b
AC
6034@itemize @bullet
6035@item
6036Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6037version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6038found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6039unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6040@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6041@end itemize
6042
6043@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6044
474c8240 6045@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6046$ for m in gdb insight dejagnu
6047do
8973da3a
AC
6048( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6049done
8642bc8f 6050$
474c8240 6051@end smallexample
8973da3a 6052
0816590b
AC
6053@noindent
6054Note:
8642bc8f 6055
0816590b
AC
6056@itemize @bullet
6057@item
6058The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6059any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6060@code{cvs} really does.
6061@end itemize
6062
6063@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6064
0816590b
AC
6065@table @file
6066
6067@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6068
6069Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6070releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6071
0816590b 6072Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6073
474c8240 6074@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6075$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6076...
6077c-x 4 a
6078...
6079c-x c-s c-x c-c
6080$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6081$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6082@end smallexample
8973da3a 6083
0816590b
AC
6084@item gdb/README
6085
6086You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6087
0816590b
AC
6088@itemize @bullet
6089@item
6090the version
6091@item
6092the update date
6093@item
6094who did it
6095@end itemize
8973da3a 6096
474c8240 6097@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6098$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6099...
8973da3a 6100c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6101...
8973da3a 6102c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6103$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6104$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6105@end smallexample
8973da3a 6106
0816590b
AC
6107@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6108before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6109to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6110
8642bc8f
AC
6111@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6112@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6113pursuing.}
8973da3a 6114
0816590b 6115@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6116
474c8240 6117@smallexample
8642bc8f 6118$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6119$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
61205.2
8642bc8f 6121$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6122...
6123c-x 4 a
0816590b 6124... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6125c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6126$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6127$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6128@end smallexample
8973da3a 6129
0816590b 6130@item dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
8642bc8f
AC
6131
6132Dejagnu is more complicated. The version number is a parameter to
0816590b 6133@code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}. Tweak it to read something like gdb-5.1.91.
8642bc8f 6134
0816590b 6135Don't forget to re-generate @file{configure}.
8642bc8f 6136
0816590b 6137Don't forget to include a @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8642bc8f 6138
0816590b
AC
6139@smallexample
6140$ emacs dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
6141...
6142c-x 4 a
6143...
6144c-x c-s c-x c-c
6145$ ( cd dejagnu/src/dejagnu && autoconf )
6146@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6147
0816590b
AC
6148@end table
6149
6150@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6151
6152This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6153
4ce8657e
MC
6154@smallexample
6155$ for m in gdb insight
6156do
6157( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6158done
6159$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar.bz2 )
6160@end smallexample
6161
6162If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6163(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6164
474c8240 6165@smallexample
0816590b 6166$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6167do
0816590b 6168( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6169done
0816590b 6170$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar.bz2 )
474c8240 6171@end smallexample
8973da3a 6172
0816590b 6173@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6174
0816590b 6175You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6176@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6177for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6178
474c8240 6179@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6180$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6181M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6182? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6183? proto-toplev
0816590b 6184@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6185M gdb/ChangeLog
6186M gdb/NEWS
6187M gdb/README
6188M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6189@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6190$
474c8240 6191@end smallexample
8973da3a 6192
0816590b 6193@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6194@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6195@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6196was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
6197didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6198
0816590b 6199@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6200
474c8240 6201@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6202$ cp */src/*.tar .
6203$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6204$ ls -F
6205dejagnu/ dejagnu-gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
6206$ for m in gdb insight
6207do
6208bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6209gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6210done
6211$
474c8240 6212@end smallexample
8973da3a 6213
0816590b
AC
6214@noindent
6215Note:
6216
6217@itemize @bullet
6218@item
6219A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6220in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6221can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6222process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6223@end itemize
6224
6225@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6226
0816590b 6227Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6228
0816590b
AC
6229@smallexample
6230$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6231$ cd gdb-5.2
6232$ ./configure
6233$ make
6234@dots{}
6235$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6236GNU gdb 5.2
6237@dots{}
6238(gdb) b main
6239Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6240(gdb) run
6241Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6242
6243Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6244734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6245(gdb) print args
6246$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6247(gdb)
6248@end smallexample
8973da3a 6249
0816590b 6250@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6251
0816590b 6252If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6253
0816590b
AC
6254@enumerate
6255@item
6256Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6257@item
6258Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6259@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6260process can restart.
6261@item
6262Make the release candidate available in
6263@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6264@item
6265Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6266@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6267@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6268
0816590b 6269@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6270
0816590b 6271(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6272
0816590b 6273@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6274
0816590b 6275Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6276
474c8240 6277@smallexample
0816590b 6278$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6279$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6280@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6281
0816590b
AC
6282@noindent
6283Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6284are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6285
6286@smallexample
6287$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6288$ rm @dots{}
6289@end smallexample
6290
6291@noindent
6292Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6293directory:
6294
6295@smallexample
6296$ vi README
6297@dots{}
6298$ rm -f .message
6299$ ln README .message
6300@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6301
0816590b 6302@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6303
0816590b
AC
6304@table @file
6305
6306@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6307This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6308@itemize @bullet
6309@item
0816590b 6310General announcement
8642bc8f 6311@item
0816590b
AC
6312News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6313earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6314@item
0816590b
AC
6315Errata
6316@end itemize
6317
6318@item htdocs/index.html
6319@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6320@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6321These files include:
6322@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6323@item
0816590b 6324announcement of the most recent release
8642bc8f 6325@item
0816590b 6326news entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6327@end itemize
0816590b 6328These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6329
0816590b 6330@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6331You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6332docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6333from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6334Something like:
6335
474c8240 6336@smallexample
8642bc8f 6337$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6338 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6339 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6340 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6341 gdb
474c8240 6342@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6343
0816590b
AC
6344@item download/ari/
6345Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6346
0816590b
AC
6347@smallexample
6348$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6349 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6350 $PWD/www \
6351 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6352 gdb
6353@end smallexample
6354
6355@end table
6356
6357@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6358
6359Something goes here.
6360
6361
6362@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6363
6364At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6365@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6366
6367@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6368
6369Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6370
6371@itemize @bullet
6372@item
6373@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6374@item
0816590b
AC
6375@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6376day or so to let things get out)
6377@item
6378@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6379@end itemize
6380
0816590b 6381@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6382
0816590b 6383The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6384
0816590b 6385@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6386
0816590b 6387In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6388
6389@itemize @bullet
6390@item
6391@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6392@item
6393@file{gdb/version.in}
6394@item
6395@file{gdb/NEWS}
6396@item
6397@file{gdb/README}
6398@end itemize
6399
0816590b 6400@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6401
6402Something like:
6403
474c8240 6404@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6405$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6406$ echo $d
64072002-01-24
6408$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6409$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6410@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6411
0816590b
AC
6412Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
6413@value{GDBN} (@code{dejagnu} doesn't get tagged but I think we can live
6414with that).
6415
6416@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6417
0816590b
AC
6418Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6419indicates when the release was made.
6420
6421@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6422
6423If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6424@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6425committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6426@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6427is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6428
6429Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6430
0816590b 6431@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6432
8642bc8f
AC
6433The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6434trunk.
8973da3a 6435
0816590b
AC
6436@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6437
6438Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6439Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6440generated by running:
6441
6442@smallexample
6443$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6444@end smallexample
6445
6446@noindent
6447The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6448of the most recent release.
6449
6450Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6451
8642bc8f 6452@section Post release
8973da3a 6453
8642bc8f 6454Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6455
085dd6e6
JM
6456@node Testsuite
6457
6458@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6459@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6460
56caf160
EZ
6461The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6462While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6463this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6464the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6465to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6466
56caf160
EZ
6467The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework.
6468DejaGNU is built using @code{Tcl} and @code{expect}. The tests
6469themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework runs all the
6470procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6471
6472@section Using the Testsuite
6473
56caf160 6474@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6475To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6476testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6477environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6478the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6479and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6480finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6481
474c8240 6482@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6483 === gdb Summary ===
6484
6485# of expected passes 6016
6486# of unexpected failures 58
6487# of unexpected successes 5
6488# of expected failures 183
6489# of unresolved testcases 3
6490# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6491@end smallexample
56caf160 6492
a9f158ec
JB
6493To run a specific test script, type:
6494@example
6495make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6496@end example
6497where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6498spaces.
6499
085dd6e6
JM
6500The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6501conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6502real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6503failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6504hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6505everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6506being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6507lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6508Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6509reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6510catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6511program.
6512
6513When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6514testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6515regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6516run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6517compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6518testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6519options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6520host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6521mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6522
6523If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6524tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6525and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6526Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6527failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6528difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6529in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6530tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6531
e7dc800a
MC
6532DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6533some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6534the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6535will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6536
6537@smallexample
6538UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6539@end smallexample
6540
085dd6e6
JM
6541@section Testsuite Organization
6542
56caf160 6543@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6544The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6545testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6546and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6547handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6548@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6549all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6550configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6551definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6552
6553The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6554subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6555with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6556in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6557get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6558
6559The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6560are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6561located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6562execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6563intelligibility.
6564
56caf160 6565@table @file
085dd6e6 6566@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6567This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6568configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6569The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6570ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6571for prototypes).
6572
6573@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6574Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6575@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6576
6577@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6578Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6579(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6580HP-UX.
6581
6582@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6583Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
65841999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6585couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6586imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6587extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6588
6589@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6590Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6591instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6592@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6593@end table
6594
6595@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6596@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6597
25822942 6598In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6599should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6600
6601You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6602includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6603However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6604instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6605calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6606
6607Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 6608necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
6609
6610The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6611style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6612styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6613instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6614never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6615uniformly.
6616
c906108c
SS
6617@node Hints
6618
6619@chapter Hints
6620
6621Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6622appear anywhere else in the directory.
6623
6624@menu
25822942 6625* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6626* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6627@end menu
6628
6629@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6630
6631@section Getting Started
6632
25822942 6633@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6634work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6635know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6636
25822942
DB
6637This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6638generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6639
6640Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6641comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6642function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6643explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6644free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6645out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6646actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6647
6648Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6649native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6650repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6651macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6652default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6653also documents all the available macros.
6654@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6655@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6656@c Conditionals})
6657
56caf160
EZ
6658Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6659@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6660@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6661code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6662
6663You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6664enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6665language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6666the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6667and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6668are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6669approach.
6670
25822942 6671Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6672specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6673function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6674will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6675calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6676(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6677called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6678functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6679one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6680structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6681the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6682look like.
6683
6684Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6685code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6686principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6687else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6688rather than worrying about all its details.
6689
56caf160
EZ
6690@cindex command implementation
6691A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6692a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6693single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6694@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6695via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6696which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6697the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6698@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6699command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6700display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6701not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6702tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6703breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6704
6705@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6706If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6707on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6708wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6709@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6710Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6711
33e16fad 6712@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6713
25822942 6714@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6715@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6716
25822942 6717If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6718fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6719Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6720debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6721./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6722@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6723
25822942 6724When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6725@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6726gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6727in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6728gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6729
6730If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6731you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6732routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6733@kbd{M-.}
6734
25822942 6735Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6736have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6737
6738@section Submitting Patches
6739
56caf160 6740@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6741Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6742@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6743Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6744changes.
6745
25822942
DB
6746The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6747This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6748
6749If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6750or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6751with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6752
56caf160 6753@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6754The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6755copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6756of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6757standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6758and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6759owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6760changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6761etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6762contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6763bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6764this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6765since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6766
6767Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6768feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6769Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6770header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6771each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6772needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6773@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6774single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6775
6776In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6777sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6778If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6779out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6780
9e0b60a8
JM
6781The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6782install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6783or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6784will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6785The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6786the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6787being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6788tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6789the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6790acceptable.
6791
6792If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6793of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6794installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6795reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6796complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6797they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6798permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6799be for quite some time.
c906108c 6800
56caf160 6801Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6802@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
6803
6804@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 6805@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 6806
25822942 6807Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
6808configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
6809should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
6810
6811@table @code
c906108c
SS
6812@item STACK_END_ADDR
6813This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
6814in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
6815core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
6816gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 6817files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 6818and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
6819
6820Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
6821is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
6822
c906108c
SS
6823@end table
6824
bcd7e15f 6825@include observer.texi
2154891a 6826@raisesections
aab4e0ec 6827@include fdl.texi
2154891a 6828@lowersections
aab4e0ec 6829
56caf160
EZ
6830@node Index
6831@unnumbered Index
6832
6833@printindex cp
6834
c906108c 6835@bye
This page took 0.830254 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.